1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
5 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
21 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
22 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
30 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
31 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
33 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
34 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
35 haven't bothered yet. */
37 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
45 #include "libiberty.h"
46 #include "safe-ctype.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
55 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
57 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
60 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
61 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
62 need to move into elfcode.h. */
64 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
67 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
68 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
69 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
71 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
72 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
73 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
74 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
75 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
76 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
77 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
80 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
83 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
84 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
85 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
90 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
93 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
96 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
99 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
100 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
101 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
103 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
104 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
107 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
110 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
111 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
112 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
115 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
118 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
121 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
122 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
123 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
125 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
126 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
127 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
128 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
129 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
132 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
135 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
136 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
137 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
140 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
143 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
146 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
149 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
150 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
151 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
153 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
154 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
155 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
156 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
157 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
160 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
163 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
164 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
165 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
167 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
169 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
171 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
174 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
178 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
179 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
181 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
184 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
187 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
188 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
189 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
191 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
194 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
195 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
198 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
200 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
205 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
208 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
211 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
212 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
216 return h
& 0xffffffff;
219 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
220 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
223 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
225 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
226 unsigned long h
= 5381;
229 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
230 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
231 return h
& 0xffffffff;
234 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
235 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
237 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
239 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
241 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
242 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
243 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
246 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
247 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
253 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
255 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
256 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
261 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
263 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
264 return abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
);
268 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
270 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
271 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
273 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
275 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
277 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
278 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
281 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
282 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
284 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
285 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
286 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
288 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
289 in case the string table is not terminated. */
290 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
291 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
292 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
294 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
296 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
297 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
299 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
300 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
301 the string table over and over. */
302 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
305 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
306 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
308 return (char *) shstrtab
;
312 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
313 unsigned int shindex
,
314 unsigned int strindex
)
316 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
321 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
324 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
326 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
327 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
330 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
332 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
333 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
334 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
335 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
336 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
338 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
342 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
345 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
346 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
347 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
348 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
349 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
350 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
351 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
354 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
355 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
358 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
360 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
362 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
364 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
365 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
366 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
367 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
368 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
369 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
370 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
375 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
381 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
383 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
384 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
386 /* Read the symbols. */
388 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
390 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
391 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
392 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
393 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
394 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
396 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
397 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
399 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
400 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
401 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
407 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
411 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
412 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
413 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
415 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
416 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
417 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
419 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
420 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
421 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
428 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
430 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
431 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
432 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
433 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
437 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
438 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
439 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
440 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
442 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
443 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
445 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
446 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
447 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
448 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
449 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
456 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
458 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
459 free (alloc_extshndx
);
464 /* Look up a symbol name. */
466 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
467 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
468 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
472 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
473 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
475 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
476 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
477 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
479 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
480 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
483 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
486 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
487 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
492 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
493 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
496 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
497 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
499 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
501 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
502 signature just a string? */
505 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
507 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
508 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
509 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
510 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
512 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
513 that it is a symbol table section. */
514 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
516 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
517 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
518 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
521 /* Go read the symbol. */
522 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
523 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
524 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
527 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
530 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
533 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
535 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
537 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
538 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
541 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
543 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
544 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
545 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
548 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \
549 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
550 && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \
551 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
552 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
554 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
556 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
558 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
))
564 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
565 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
569 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
570 so we can find them quickly. */
573 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
574 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
575 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
576 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
580 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
582 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
584 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
))
587 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
589 /* Add to list of sections. */
590 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
593 /* Read the raw contents. */
594 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
595 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
596 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
597 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
598 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
599 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
602 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
603 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
607 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
609 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
610 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
614 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
615 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
616 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
618 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
619 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
626 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
627 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
630 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
631 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
632 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
637 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
638 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
641 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
648 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
652 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
654 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
655 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
656 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
658 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
659 section is a member. */
661 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
665 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
666 other members to see if any others are linked via
668 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
669 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
671 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
672 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
676 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
677 insert current section in circular list. */
678 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
679 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
680 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
686 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
689 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
691 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
692 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
695 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
697 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
698 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
706 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
708 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
715 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
718 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
719 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
722 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
723 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
725 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
726 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
728 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
729 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
730 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
731 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
734 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
735 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
736 bed
->link_order_error_handler
737 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
742 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
744 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
746 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
747 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
751 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
752 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
755 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
756 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
757 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
761 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
766 /* Process section groups. */
767 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
770 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
772 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
773 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
774 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
777 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
778 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
779 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
780 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
781 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
782 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
783 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
784 relocation sections are in section group in input object
786 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
789 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
790 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
791 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
793 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
794 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
795 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
798 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
806 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
808 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
811 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
812 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
815 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
816 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
822 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
824 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
827 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
831 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
832 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
833 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
835 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
836 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
837 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
839 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
841 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
842 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
843 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
844 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
847 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
848 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
849 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
850 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
851 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
852 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
855 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
858 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
859 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
860 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
862 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
864 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
867 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
868 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
869 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
871 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
872 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
874 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
875 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
876 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
877 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
879 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
881 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
882 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
887 } debug_sections
[] =
889 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
890 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'e' */
891 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'f' */
892 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
893 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'h' */
894 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'i' */
895 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'j' */
896 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'k' */
897 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
898 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'm' */
899 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'n' */
900 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'o' */
901 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'p' */
902 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'q' */
903 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'r' */
904 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") }, /* 's' */
905 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 't' */
906 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'u' */
907 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'v' */
908 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'w' */
909 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'x' */
910 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'y' */
911 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("zdebug") } /* 'z' */
916 int i
= name
[1] - 'd';
918 && i
< (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections
)
919 && debug_sections
[i
].name
!= NULL
920 && strncmp (&name
[1], debug_sections
[i
].name
,
921 debug_sections
[i
].len
) == 0)
922 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
926 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
927 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
928 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
929 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
930 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
931 all but one of the sections. */
932 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
933 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
934 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
936 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
937 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
938 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
941 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
944 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
945 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
946 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
947 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
951 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
954 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, -1);
958 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
960 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
961 unsigned int i
, nload
;
963 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
964 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
965 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
966 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
967 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
968 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
969 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
971 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
973 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
976 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
977 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
979 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
980 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
981 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
982 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
984 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
985 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
986 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
988 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
989 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
990 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
991 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
992 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
993 segment will contain sections with contiguous
994 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
995 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
996 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
998 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
999 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1000 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1001 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1002 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1003 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1004 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1010 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1011 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1012 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1013 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1014 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1016 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1019 if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd
, newsect
))
1021 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1022 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1023 action
= decompress
;
1027 /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */
1028 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
))
1038 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1040 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1041 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1047 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1049 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
1050 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1054 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
1058 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1060 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1061 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1067 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1069 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
1070 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1073 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
1077 if (new_name
!= NULL
)
1078 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1084 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
1085 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1086 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1087 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1090 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1091 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1092 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1093 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1094 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1095 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1096 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1097 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1098 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1100 bfd_reloc_status_type
1101 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1102 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1104 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1105 asection
*input_section
,
1107 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1109 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1110 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1111 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1112 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1114 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1115 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1118 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1121 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1125 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1127 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1128 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1131 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1132 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1133 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1135 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1136 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1137 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1139 /* Copy object attributes. */
1140 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1145 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1150 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1151 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1152 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1153 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1154 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1155 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1156 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1157 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1158 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1159 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1160 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1161 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1166 /* Print out the program headers. */
1169 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1171 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1172 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1174 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1176 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1181 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1182 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1183 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1185 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1190 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1193 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1194 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1195 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1196 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1197 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1198 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1199 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1200 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1201 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1202 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1203 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1204 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1205 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1206 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1207 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1208 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1209 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1214 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1217 unsigned int elfsec
;
1218 unsigned long shlink
;
1219 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1221 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1223 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1225 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1228 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1229 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1231 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1233 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1234 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1237 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1238 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1240 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1241 const char *name
= "";
1243 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1244 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1246 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1248 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1255 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1256 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1258 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1260 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1265 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1266 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1267 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1268 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1269 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1270 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1271 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1272 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1273 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1274 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1275 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1276 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1277 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1278 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1279 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1280 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1281 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1282 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1283 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1284 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1285 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1286 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1287 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1288 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1289 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1290 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1291 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1292 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1293 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1294 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1295 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1296 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1297 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1298 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1299 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1300 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1301 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1302 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1303 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1304 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1305 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1306 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1307 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1308 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1309 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1310 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1311 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1312 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1313 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1314 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1315 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1316 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1317 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1318 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1319 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1320 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1321 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1322 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1325 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1329 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1334 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1336 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1339 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1348 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1349 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1351 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1355 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1357 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1359 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1360 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1362 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1363 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1364 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1365 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1367 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1370 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1374 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1380 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1382 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1384 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1385 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1387 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1389 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1390 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1391 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1392 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1393 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1394 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1406 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1409 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1412 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1414 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1417 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1418 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1420 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1421 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1422 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1423 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1425 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1427 const char *section_name
;
1428 const char *name
= NULL
;
1429 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1430 unsigned char st_other
;
1433 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1435 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1436 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1437 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1441 name
= symbol
->name
;
1442 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1445 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1446 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1447 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1448 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1449 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1450 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1451 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1453 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1454 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1456 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1457 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_section
!= 0
1458 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_section
!= 0
1459 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_section
!= 0))
1461 unsigned int vernum
;
1462 const char *version_string
;
1464 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1467 version_string
= "";
1468 else if (vernum
== 1)
1469 version_string
= "Base";
1470 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1472 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1475 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1477 version_string
= "";
1478 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1482 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1484 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1486 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1488 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1495 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1496 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1501 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1502 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1507 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1508 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1513 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1514 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1515 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1517 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1519 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1522 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1528 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1530 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1531 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1533 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1535 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1540 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1541 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1542 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1544 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1551 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1553 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1556 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1558 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1559 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1560 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1563 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1566 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1567 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1568 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
1573 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1574 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1577 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1580 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1581 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1582 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1583 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1584 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1585 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1586 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1587 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1588 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1589 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1591 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1592 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1594 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
1596 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1597 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1598 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
1601 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
1602 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1603 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1605 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1610 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1612 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1614 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1616 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1617 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1618 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1619 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1621 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1622 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1626 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1628 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1629 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1631 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1632 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1634 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1642 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1643 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1646 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1648 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1650 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1652 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1653 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1654 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1658 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1659 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1660 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1661 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1662 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1664 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1665 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1666 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1667 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1668 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1670 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1671 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1672 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1676 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1677 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1678 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1679 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1681 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1683 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1684 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1686 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1687 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1688 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1692 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1694 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1695 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1696 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1700 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1704 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1705 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1708 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1710 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1712 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1714 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1715 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1716 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1720 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1721 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1722 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1723 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1724 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1726 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1727 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1728 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1730 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1731 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1734 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1735 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1736 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1737 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1740 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1741 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1743 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1745 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1746 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1749 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1752 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1753 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1756 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1759 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1760 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1761 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1762 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1764 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1768 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1769 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1770 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1771 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1773 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1775 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1776 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1778 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1779 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1781 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1784 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1786 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1788 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1789 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
1793 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1797 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1799 asection
*target_sect
;
1800 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
1801 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1802 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
1806 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1807 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
1810 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1811 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
1813 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
1814 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1815 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
1816 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1820 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1821 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1822 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1823 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1824 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1825 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1826 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1828 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1829 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
1830 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
1831 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
1837 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
1839 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1840 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1851 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
1854 /* Get the symbol table. */
1855 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1856 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1857 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
1860 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1861 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1862 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1863 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1864 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1865 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
1866 sh_link points to the null section. */
1867 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
1868 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
1869 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
1870 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
1871 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1872 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1873 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1876 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
1878 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
1879 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
1882 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
1883 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1884 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
1886 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
1888 BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr
== NULL
);
1889 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
1890 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1895 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
1896 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
1897 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
1898 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
1899 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1900 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1901 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1902 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1904 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1905 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
1907 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
1911 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
1912 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
1913 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
1914 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1916 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
1917 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
1919 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
1920 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
1921 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1923 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
1924 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
1925 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
1926 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1932 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
))
1934 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1936 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
1938 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
1939 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
1942 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
1943 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
1944 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1946 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1948 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
1952 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
1953 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
1954 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
1956 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
1964 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1965 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1966 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
1968 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1970 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
1974 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1975 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1978 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
1980 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1981 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1982 for applications? */
1983 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1984 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1985 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1986 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1988 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1989 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1992 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
1993 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
1994 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1995 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1996 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1998 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1999 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2001 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2002 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2003 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2004 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2005 be rejected with an error message. */
2006 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2007 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2009 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2011 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2012 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2015 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2016 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2017 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2018 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2026 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2029 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2031 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2033 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2035 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2037 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2038 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2039 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2041 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2042 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2043 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2046 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2048 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2051 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2054 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2057 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2061 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2063 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2065 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2068 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2070 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2071 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2074 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2076 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2077 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2080 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2082 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2083 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2084 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2085 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2086 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2087 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2088 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2089 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2090 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2091 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2092 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2095 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2097 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2098 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2099 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2102 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2104 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2105 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2106 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2107 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2108 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2109 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2110 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2111 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2112 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2113 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2116 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2118 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2119 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2122 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2124 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2125 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2126 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2127 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2130 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2132 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2133 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2136 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2138 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2139 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2140 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2143 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2145 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2146 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2147 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2150 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2152 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2153 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2154 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2155 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2156 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2159 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2161 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2162 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2163 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2164 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2165 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2166 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2167 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2170 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2172 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2173 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2174 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2175 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2178 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2180 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2181 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2182 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2183 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2184 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2187 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2189 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2190 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2191 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2193 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2194 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2195 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2196 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2199 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2201 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2203 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2205 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2206 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2207 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2213 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2216 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2217 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2218 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2224 len
= strlen (name
);
2226 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2229 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2231 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2233 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2236 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2237 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2239 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2241 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2243 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2244 && (suffix_len
== -2
2245 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2251 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2253 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2254 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2264 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2265 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2268 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2269 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2271 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2272 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2275 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2276 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2279 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2280 bed
->special_sections
,
2286 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2289 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2290 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2293 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2298 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2302 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2304 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2305 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2306 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2308 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2311 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2315 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2318 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2319 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2320 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2322 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2323 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2324 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2325 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2326 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2327 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2328 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2329 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2330 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2331 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2332 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2334 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2337 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2338 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2339 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2341 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2342 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2346 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2349 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2351 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2352 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2353 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2354 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2356 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2357 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2358 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2359 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2360 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2361 of combined data+bss.
2363 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2364 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2365 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2366 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2367 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2372 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2373 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2375 const char *type_name
)
2383 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2384 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2385 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2387 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2389 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2390 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2391 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2394 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2395 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2396 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2398 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2399 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2400 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2401 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2402 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2403 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2404 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2406 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2407 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2408 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2410 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2412 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2415 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2417 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2421 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2425 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2426 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2427 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2430 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2431 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2432 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2434 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2435 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2436 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2437 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2438 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2439 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2440 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2441 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2442 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2444 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2445 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2446 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2447 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2448 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2449 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2450 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2452 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2453 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2454 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2456 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2457 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2464 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2466 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2468 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2471 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2474 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2477 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2480 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
2483 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
2485 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2490 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
2493 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
2495 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2496 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
2500 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
2503 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
2506 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2507 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2508 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
2512 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2516 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
2518 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
2520 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
2521 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
2524 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
2527 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2528 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2529 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2533 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2534 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
2536 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2538 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
2540 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2543 amt
= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
);
2544 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
2545 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2546 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
2548 amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2549 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2552 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2554 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2556 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2558 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2559 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2560 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2561 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2562 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2563 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2564 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2565 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2566 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2571 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2574 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
2576 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2577 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2579 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
2582 struct fake_section_arg
2584 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
2588 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2591 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
2593 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
2594 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2595 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
2596 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2597 unsigned int sh_type
;
2601 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2606 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
2608 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2609 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2610 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2616 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2618 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2619 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2620 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2622 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2624 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2625 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2626 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2627 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2628 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2629 copy_private_section_data. */
2631 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2632 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2634 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2636 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2637 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2639 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
2641 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2642 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2643 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
2644 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
2645 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2647 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2648 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2649 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2650 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2651 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2652 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
2653 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2656 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2662 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2663 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2664 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2671 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2675 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2679 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2683 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2684 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2688 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2689 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2692 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2693 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2696 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2697 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2698 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2699 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2701 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2702 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2704 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2705 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2708 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2709 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2710 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2711 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2713 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2714 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2716 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2717 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2721 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
2725 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2729 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2730 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2731 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2732 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2733 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2734 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2735 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2737 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2738 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2739 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2740 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2742 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2743 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2744 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2746 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2747 if (asect
->size
== 0
2748 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2750 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2752 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2755 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2756 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2757 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2761 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
2762 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
2764 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2765 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2766 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2767 create the other. */
2768 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
2770 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
2773 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
2774 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
2775 && (arg
->link_info
->relocatable
|| arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
2777 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
2778 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, asect
, FALSE
))
2783 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
2784 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, asect
, TRUE
))
2790 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2792 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
2798 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2799 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
2800 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2801 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2804 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
2806 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2807 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2808 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2812 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
2813 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
2814 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
2815 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
2818 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2820 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
2821 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2825 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2827 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2831 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
2833 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
2835 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
2837 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2838 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2842 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2843 elf_section_syms. */
2844 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
2845 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2847 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2849 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
2851 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
2852 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
2853 set until all local symbols are output. */
2854 asection
*igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
2855 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
2856 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
2857 unsigned long extsymoff
= 0;
2858 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2860 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
2862 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2864 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
2865 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2867 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
2868 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2869 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2870 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2872 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
2875 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2877 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2880 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2882 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2883 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2884 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2891 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2893 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2894 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2895 start of the input section group. */
2896 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2898 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2899 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2900 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2901 directives, not that it matters. */
2908 s
= s
->output_section
;
2910 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
2912 unsigned int idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2915 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2917 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2922 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2925 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2928 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2929 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2930 in here too, while we're at it. */
2933 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2935 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2937 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2938 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2939 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2940 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
2944 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2946 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2947 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
2949 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2950 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2952 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2954 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
2956 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
2958 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2959 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
2960 abfd
->section_count
--;
2963 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2968 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2970 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2972 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
2973 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2974 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
2977 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
2978 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2985 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
2986 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2992 t
->shstrtab_section
= section_number
++;
2993 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2994 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= t
->shstrtab_section
;
2996 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
2997 || (link_info
== NULL
2998 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3002 t
->symtab_section
= section_number
++;
3003 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3004 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3006 t
->symtab_shndx_section
= section_number
++;
3007 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3008 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3009 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3010 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3013 t
->strtab_section
= section_number
++;
3014 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3017 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3018 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3020 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3021 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3023 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3025 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3026 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3027 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3030 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3031 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3032 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3034 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3038 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3040 i_shdrp
[t
->shstrtab_section
] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3043 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_section
] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3044 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3046 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_shndx_section
] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3047 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3049 i_shdrp
[t
->strtab_section
] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3050 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->strtab_section
;
3053 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3058 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3060 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3061 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3062 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3063 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3064 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3066 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3068 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3069 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3070 the relocation entries apply. */
3071 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3073 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3074 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3076 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3078 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3079 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3082 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3083 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3085 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3088 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3089 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3091 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3092 if (discarded_section (s
))
3095 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3096 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3097 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3099 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3100 size as the discarded one. */
3101 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3104 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3110 s
= s
->output_section
;
3111 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3115 /* Handle objcopy. */
3116 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3118 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3119 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3120 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3121 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3124 s
= s
->output_section
;
3126 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3131 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3132 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3133 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3135 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3136 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3137 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3138 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3139 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3144 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3148 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3149 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3150 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3151 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3152 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3153 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3154 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3156 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3158 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3160 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3164 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3166 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3170 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3171 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3172 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3173 field to point to this section. */
3174 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3175 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3180 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3181 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3184 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3185 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3186 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3190 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3192 /* This is a .stab section. */
3193 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3194 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3195 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3202 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3203 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3204 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3205 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3207 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3209 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3212 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3213 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3214 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3215 the version strings. */
3216 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3217 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3219 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3224 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3225 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3226 this hash table or version table is for. */
3227 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3229 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3233 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3237 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3238 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3239 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3241 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3242 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3247 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3249 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3250 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3251 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3252 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3254 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3255 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3256 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3259 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3260 output, or that are duplicates. */
3263 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3265 return ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3266 && !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3267 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3268 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
3269 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
3272 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3273 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3276 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
3278 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3279 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3280 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3281 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3282 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3283 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3284 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3291 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3295 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3297 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3298 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3302 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3303 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3305 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3306 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3308 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3309 decided to output. */
3310 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3312 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3314 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3316 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
3317 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3319 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3321 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3322 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3324 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3328 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3329 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3331 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3333 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3337 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3338 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3339 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3340 at least in that case. */
3341 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3343 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3345 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3352 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3353 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
3354 sizeof (asymbol
*));
3356 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3359 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3361 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3364 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3365 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3366 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3371 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3373 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3375 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3377 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3380 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3381 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3384 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3386 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3390 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3392 elf_num_locals (abfd
) = num_locals
;
3393 elf_num_globals (abfd
) = num_globals
;
3397 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3398 ELF data structure. */
3400 static inline file_ptr
3401 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3403 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3406 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3407 required section alignment. */
3410 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3414 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
3415 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
3416 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3417 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3418 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3419 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3420 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3424 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3425 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3426 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3429 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3430 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3432 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3433 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
3435 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3436 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3437 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3439 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3442 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3443 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3444 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3446 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3449 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3450 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3451 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3453 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
3454 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
3455 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
3459 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3462 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3463 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
3464 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3465 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3469 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3470 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3472 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3477 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3479 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3484 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3485 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3486 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3487 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3488 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3489 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3490 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3491 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3492 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3493 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3494 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3496 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3502 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3504 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
3506 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3507 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3509 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3510 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3511 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3513 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3514 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3516 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
3518 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3520 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3521 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3523 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3526 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3531 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3532 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3534 static bfd_size_type
3535 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3539 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3541 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3542 and one for data. */
3545 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3546 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3548 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3549 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3550 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3555 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3557 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3561 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
3563 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3567 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
)
3569 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3573 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3575 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3579 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3581 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3582 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3584 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3586 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3587 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3588 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3589 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3590 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3591 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3593 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
3594 while (s
->next
!= NULL
3595 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
3596 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3597 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
3602 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3604 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3606 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3612 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3613 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3614 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3618 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3624 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3627 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3630 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
3632 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3633 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
3635 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
,
3636 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
3642 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3643 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
3650 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3652 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3653 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3654 asection
**sections
,
3659 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3664 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3665 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3666 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3670 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3671 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3672 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3673 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3675 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3677 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3678 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3679 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3685 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3688 struct elf_segment_map
*
3689 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3691 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3693 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3694 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3698 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3700 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3705 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3708 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
3709 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3710 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
3712 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3713 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3715 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3716 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3717 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3718 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3720 m
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
3723 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3725 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3727 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3728 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3729 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3731 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3735 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3737 if (remove_empty_load
&& (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3743 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3744 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3746 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3753 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3756 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3759 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3760 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3761 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3762 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
3764 no_user_phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
;
3767 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
3769 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3773 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3774 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3777 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3778 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3780 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3781 bfd_boolean writable
;
3783 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3784 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3786 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
3788 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3790 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
3791 sizeof (asection
*));
3792 if (sections
== NULL
)
3795 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
3796 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
3798 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
3799 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
3802 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3804 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3808 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
3809 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
3810 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
3813 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3816 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3818 /* Build the mapping. */
3823 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3824 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3826 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3827 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3829 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3830 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3834 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3835 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3836 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3837 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3838 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3843 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3844 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3848 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3856 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3857 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3858 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3862 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3864 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3866 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3869 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3870 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3871 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3872 program headers we will need. */
3875 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
3877 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3878 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3879 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3880 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
3881 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
3882 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3883 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
3884 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3887 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3890 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3894 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3897 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3899 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3900 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3901 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3903 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3905 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3906 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3910 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
3911 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
3913 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
3914 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
3917 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
3918 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
3919 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
3920 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
3921 section can be included in the current segment. */
3922 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3924 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3927 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3928 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3931 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3932 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3934 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3935 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3936 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3939 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3941 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3942 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3943 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3944 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3947 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3948 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
3949 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
3951 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3952 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3953 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3954 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3955 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3956 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3957 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3962 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3963 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3966 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3967 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
3969 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
3971 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
3977 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3980 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3981 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
3982 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3983 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3989 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3990 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3992 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3999 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4005 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4006 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4007 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4011 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4014 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4016 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4017 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4018 || ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4019 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
4021 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4029 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4032 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4039 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4040 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4041 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4042 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4043 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4045 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4047 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4048 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4053 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4054 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4055 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4057 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4058 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4059 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4060 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4066 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4067 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4071 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4075 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4076 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4079 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4080 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4084 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4092 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4095 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4096 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4097 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4102 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4103 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4105 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4106 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4108 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
4109 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
4110 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
4117 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4119 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
;
4120 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4121 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4123 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4124 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4128 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4130 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4136 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
4138 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4139 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4143 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4144 m
->p_flags
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
;
4145 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4151 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4153 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4155 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4157 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
4158 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
4161 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4162 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4163 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4166 if (i
== (unsigned) -1)
4169 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
+ m
->sections
[i
]->size
4175 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4178 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4179 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4183 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4185 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4193 elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
= mfirst
;
4196 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
4199 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4201 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4206 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4211 /* Sort sections by address. */
4214 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4216 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4217 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4218 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4220 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4221 place the section into a segment. */
4222 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4224 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4227 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4228 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4229 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4231 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4234 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4236 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4242 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4243 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4244 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4245 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4250 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4255 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4256 before others at the same address. */
4258 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4259 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4266 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4269 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4271 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4272 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4273 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4274 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4275 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4278 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4279 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4281 /* In other words, something like:
4283 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4284 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4285 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4286 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4288 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4290 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4293 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4295 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4299 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
4302 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4307 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4308 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4309 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4310 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4311 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4312 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4314 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4315 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4319 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
4320 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4321 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4327 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
4332 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
4334 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
4337 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
4342 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4343 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4347 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4348 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4350 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4351 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4352 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4353 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4355 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4358 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
4360 if (link_info
== NULL
4361 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
4365 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4369 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
4374 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4375 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4379 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4380 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
4381 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
4384 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4386 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4387 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4389 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
4390 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4394 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4398 /* We're writing the size in elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size,
4399 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4400 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4401 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while elf_tdata
4402 (abfd)->program_header_size contains the size used for the
4404 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4405 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4406 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4407 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
4409 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
4411 (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
4412 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4413 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4418 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4419 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4421 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4422 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4423 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4429 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
4431 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
4435 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
4437 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4438 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4439 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4440 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4441 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4443 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4444 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4445 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4448 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4449 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4450 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4451 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4452 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4453 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4454 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4459 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4461 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4462 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4463 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4466 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4468 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4469 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4471 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4472 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4473 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4474 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4475 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4476 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4477 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4479 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4480 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4482 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4484 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4485 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
4486 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4487 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4491 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4493 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4496 bfd_size_type align
;
4497 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4499 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4503 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4505 unsigned int secalign
;
4507 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4508 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4509 align_power
= secalign
;
4511 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4512 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4513 align
= maxpagesize
;
4516 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4517 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
4518 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4519 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4520 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4521 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
4523 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4526 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4527 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
4529 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4533 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
4537 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4538 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4539 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4540 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4541 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4542 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4543 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4544 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4549 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4550 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4551 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4553 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4556 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4558 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4561 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4562 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
4563 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4564 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
4570 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4572 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4574 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4575 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4578 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4580 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4581 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4583 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4588 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4593 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4595 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4598 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4600 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4604 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4605 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4606 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4610 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4611 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4614 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
4615 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
4619 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4620 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4622 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
4628 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4630 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4631 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4635 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4636 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4637 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4638 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4639 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4640 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4643 bfd_size_type align
;
4644 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4647 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
4648 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4650 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4651 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4652 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
4653 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
4654 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
4655 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
4657 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
4658 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
4659 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
4660 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
4664 || p_end
< p_start
))
4666 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4667 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd
, sec
,
4668 (unsigned long) s_start
, (unsigned long) p_end
);
4672 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4674 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4676 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
4678 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
4679 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
4681 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
4682 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
4686 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4690 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4692 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4696 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4697 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4698 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4704 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4713 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4715 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4716 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4717 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4719 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4720 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
4721 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
4723 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
4724 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
4725 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
4726 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
4727 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
4728 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
4730 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
4732 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
4735 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4737 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4738 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4739 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4740 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4741 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4742 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4744 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4746 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4747 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4749 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4751 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
4752 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4755 if (align
> p
->p_align
4756 && !m
->p_align_valid
4757 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4758 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4762 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4765 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
4767 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
4773 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4774 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4775 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4777 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
4779 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4780 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
4781 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
4782 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
4783 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
4784 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
4786 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
4791 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4793 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4796 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
4797 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
4798 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
4799 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
4801 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4802 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4804 print_segment_map (m
);
4810 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4814 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4817 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4818 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4820 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4821 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4822 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4823 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4824 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4825 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4826 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
4827 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4828 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4830 unsigned int num_sec
;
4834 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4835 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4836 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4837 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4839 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4840 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4843 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4844 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
4845 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4846 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
4847 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
4848 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4850 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4851 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4852 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4854 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4856 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
4857 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4858 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4859 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4862 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4864 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4867 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4868 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4869 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_section
]
4870 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
]
4871 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->strtab_section
])
4872 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4874 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4877 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4878 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4882 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4884 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
4885 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4886 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4891 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4894 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4896 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4897 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4899 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4901 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4902 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4903 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4906 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4907 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4912 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
4914 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
4915 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
4916 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
4918 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
4919 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
4920 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4921 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
4923 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
4924 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4925 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4926 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4929 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
4930 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
4931 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
4933 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
4934 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4943 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
4944 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
4948 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4949 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4952 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
4953 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
4958 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4962 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4964 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4965 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
4967 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
4969 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
4971 for (lm
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, lp
= phdrs
;
4973 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
4975 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4976 && lp
->p_vaddr
< link_info
->relro_end
4977 && lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
>= link_info
->relro_end
4979 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
>= link_info
->relro_start
)
4983 /* PR ld/14207. If the RELRO segment doesn't fit in the
4984 LOAD segment, it should be removed. */
4985 BFD_ASSERT (lm
!= NULL
);
4989 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
4990 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
4991 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4993 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4994 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
4999 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
5001 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
5002 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
5003 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
5004 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5005 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
5006 else if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5007 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
5010 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
5011 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5012 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5013 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5014 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5016 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
5018 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5019 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
5023 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
5024 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5027 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5029 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5030 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
5031 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
5033 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
5036 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
5037 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
5039 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
5040 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
5041 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5043 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
5050 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5052 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5053 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5054 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
5056 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5058 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
5059 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5060 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
5064 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
5069 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5070 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5071 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5073 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5074 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5075 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5076 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5077 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5078 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5079 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5081 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5084 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5085 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5087 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5088 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5090 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5092 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
5093 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5095 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5096 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5097 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
5100 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5101 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
5103 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5104 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5105 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5106 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
5108 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5111 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5112 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5113 || i
== tdata
->symtab_section
5114 || i
== tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
5115 || i
== tdata
->strtab_section
)
5117 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5120 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5127 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5128 assignment of sections to segments. */
5129 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5132 /* And for non-load sections. */
5133 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5136 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
5138 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
5142 /* Write out the program headers. */
5143 alloc
= tdata
->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5144 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5145 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
5148 off
= tdata
->next_file_pos
;
5151 /* Place the section headers. */
5152 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
5153 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
5154 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
5156 tdata
->next_file_pos
= off
;
5162 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
5164 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5165 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
5166 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5168 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5170 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5171 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
5174 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
5176 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
5177 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
5178 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
5179 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
5181 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
5182 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
5183 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
5184 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5186 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5187 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
5188 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
5189 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5190 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5191 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
5193 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
5195 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
5197 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
5198 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
5201 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5202 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5203 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5204 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5205 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5206 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5207 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5208 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5210 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
5213 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5214 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5216 /* No program header, for now. */
5217 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5218 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5219 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
5221 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5222 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
5223 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
5225 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5226 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
5227 /* It all happens later. */
5231 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5232 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5235 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5236 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
5237 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5238 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
5239 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5240 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
5241 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5242 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5243 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
5249 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5250 of the loadable file image. */
5253 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
5256 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
5257 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
5259 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
5261 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5262 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
5264 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5267 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5268 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5269 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
5276 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5278 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5281 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5283 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5284 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5287 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5290 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5294 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5296 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5297 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5298 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5300 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5301 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5302 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5304 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5306 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5307 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5312 /* Write out the section header names. */
5313 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5314 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5315 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5318 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5319 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
,
5320 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
);
5322 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
5325 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5326 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->after_write_object_contents
)
5327 return (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
5333 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5335 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5336 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5339 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5342 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5344 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5345 unsigned int sec_index
;
5347 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5348 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5349 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5351 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5352 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
5353 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5354 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
5355 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5356 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
5358 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
5360 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5361 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5363 int retval
= sec_index
;
5365 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5369 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
5370 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5375 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5379 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5381 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5383 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5385 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5386 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5387 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5388 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5389 input sections rather than the output section. */
5390 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5391 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5392 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5397 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5398 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5399 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5400 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5401 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5402 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5403 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5406 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5410 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5411 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5412 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5413 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5414 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5415 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5422 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5423 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, (long) flags
);
5431 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5434 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5436 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5437 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5438 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5439 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5440 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5443 unsigned int num_segments
;
5444 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5445 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
5446 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5447 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5448 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5449 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5451 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5452 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5455 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5457 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5458 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5460 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5461 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5462 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5463 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5465 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5466 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5467 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5468 ? section->size : 0)
5470 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5471 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5472 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5473 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5474 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5475 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5477 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5478 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5479 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5480 (section->lma >= base \
5481 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5482 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5484 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5485 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5486 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5487 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5488 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5489 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5490 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5492 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5494 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5496 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5500 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5501 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5502 p_memsz set to 0. */
5503 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5505 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5506 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5507 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5508 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5510 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5511 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5512 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5514 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5515 A section will be included if:
5516 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5517 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5518 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5520 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5521 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5522 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5523 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5524 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5525 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5526 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5527 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5528 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5529 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5530 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5531 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5532 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5533 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5534 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5535 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5536 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5537 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5538 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5539 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5540 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5541 || (segment->p_paddr \
5542 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5543 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5544 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5546 && !section->segment_mark)
5548 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5549 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5550 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5551 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5552 && section->output_section != NULL)
5554 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5555 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5556 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5558 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5559 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5560 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5561 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5562 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5564 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5565 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5566 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5567 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5568 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5570 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5571 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5572 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5574 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5575 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5576 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5577 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5578 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
5579 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5582 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5584 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
5588 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5589 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5590 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5591 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5592 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5597 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5599 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5600 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5601 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5603 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5604 assignment code will work. */
5605 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5609 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5611 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5612 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5613 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5617 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5618 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5620 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5622 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5623 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5626 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5627 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5629 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5631 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5632 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
5634 if (extra_length
> 0)
5636 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5637 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5640 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5642 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5644 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5649 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5651 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5652 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
5654 if (extra_length
> 0)
5656 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5657 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5660 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5665 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5666 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5670 unsigned int section_count
;
5671 asection
**sections
;
5672 asection
*output_section
;
5674 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5675 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5678 asection
*first_section
;
5679 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
5680 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
5682 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5685 first_section
= NULL
;
5686 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5687 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5689 section
= section
->next
)
5691 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5692 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5693 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5695 if (first_section
== NULL
)
5696 first_section
= section
;
5697 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5702 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5703 all of the sections we have selected. */
5704 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5705 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5706 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5710 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5711 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5713 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5714 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5715 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5717 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5718 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5720 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5722 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5723 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
5726 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5727 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5728 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5729 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5730 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5732 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5734 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5735 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5736 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5737 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5738 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5740 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5741 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5744 if (section_count
== 0)
5746 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5747 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5748 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5749 a warning is produced. */
5750 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5751 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5752 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5756 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5757 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5762 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5763 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5764 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5765 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5767 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5768 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5771 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5772 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5773 of the first section.
5775 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5776 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5777 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5778 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5779 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5781 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5782 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5783 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5784 or segments to contain the other sections.
5786 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5787 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5788 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5790 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5791 if (sections
== NULL
)
5794 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5795 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5796 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5797 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5798 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5803 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
5804 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5806 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5808 section
= section
->next
)
5809 if (section
== first_section
)
5812 for (j
= 0; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5814 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5816 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5818 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5820 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5821 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5822 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5823 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5825 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5826 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5828 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5829 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5830 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5833 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5835 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5837 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5839 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5840 LMA address of the output section. */
5841 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5842 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5843 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5844 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
5846 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
5848 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5849 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
5852 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5853 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5855 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5857 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
5859 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5860 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5863 if (j
== section_count
)
5868 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5870 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5872 if (isec
== section_count
)
5874 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5875 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5876 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5877 program header in the input BFD. */
5878 map
->count
= section_count
;
5879 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5880 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5883 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5884 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
5885 && !map
->includes_filehdr
5886 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
5887 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5888 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5890 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
5897 if (!first_matching_lma
)
5899 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5900 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5901 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5902 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5906 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5907 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5908 the LMA of the first section. */
5909 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5912 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5913 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5914 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5916 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
5917 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5920 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
5921 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
5925 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5927 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5929 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5931 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5932 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5933 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5934 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5935 offset when we know the correct value. */
5936 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5937 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5940 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
5944 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5945 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5946 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5947 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5948 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5949 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5956 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5958 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5959 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5961 section
= sections
[j
];
5963 if (section
== NULL
)
5966 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5968 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5970 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5971 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5973 if (map
->count
== 0)
5975 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5976 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5978 if (output_section
->lma
5980 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5981 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5982 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
5990 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
5992 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5993 and the start of this section is more than
5994 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5995 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
5997 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
5998 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
5999 > output_section
->lma
))
6001 if (first_suggested_lma
)
6003 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6004 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6011 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
6014 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6016 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6018 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6019 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6023 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
6025 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6026 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6027 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6029 if (isec
< section_count
)
6031 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6032 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6033 and carry on looping. */
6034 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6035 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6036 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
6043 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6044 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6045 not yet been assigned. */
6047 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6048 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6049 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6050 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6051 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6052 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
6053 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6056 while (isec
< section_count
);
6061 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
6063 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6064 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6065 the offset if necessary. */
6066 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
6070 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
6073 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
6074 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
6075 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6080 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6081 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6083 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6084 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6085 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6086 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6087 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6088 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6092 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6095 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6097 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6098 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6099 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6100 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6101 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6103 unsigned int num_segments
;
6104 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6105 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6107 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6110 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6112 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6113 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6114 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6115 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6116 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6119 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6121 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6125 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6130 unsigned int section_count
;
6132 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6133 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
6134 asection
*lowest_section
;
6136 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6137 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6139 section
= section
->next
)
6141 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6142 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6144 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6145 first_section
= section
;
6150 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6151 all of the sections we have selected. */
6152 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6153 if (section_count
!= 0)
6154 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6155 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6159 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6162 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6163 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6164 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6165 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6166 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6167 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
6168 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
6169 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
6171 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6173 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6174 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6175 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6176 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6177 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
6178 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
6181 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6182 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6183 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6184 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6186 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6187 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6189 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6190 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6191 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6192 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6193 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6195 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6196 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6199 lowest_section
= first_section
;
6200 if (section_count
!= 0)
6202 unsigned int isec
= 0;
6204 for (section
= first_section
;
6206 section
= section
->next
)
6208 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6209 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6211 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
6212 if (section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
6213 lowest_section
= section
;
6214 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6218 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6219 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6220 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6221 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6223 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
6224 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
6226 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6227 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
6228 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6230 if (isec
== section_count
)
6236 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
6237 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6238 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6240 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
6241 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6242 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
6243 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6244 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
6245 - segment
->p_paddr
);
6247 map
->count
= section_count
;
6248 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6249 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6252 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
6256 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6260 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6262 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6263 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6266 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
6269 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6271 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6272 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6273 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6274 asection
*section
, *osec
;
6275 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
6276 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6277 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6279 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6281 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6282 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
6285 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6286 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6287 section
= section
->next
)
6288 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6290 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6291 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6295 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6296 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6297 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6298 map in this case. */
6299 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
6300 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
6301 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
6304 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
6305 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6307 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6308 from the input BFD. */
6309 osec
= section
->output_section
;
6311 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6313 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6314 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6315 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6317 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6318 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6320 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
6321 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
6322 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
6323 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
6324 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
6325 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
6331 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6333 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6334 section
= section
->next
)
6336 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
6339 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6342 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6346 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6349 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6352 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6356 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6359 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6360 bfd_boolean final_link
= link_info
!= NULL
&& !link_info
->relocatable
;
6362 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6363 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6366 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
6368 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6369 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6370 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6371 that the linker clears to differ. */
6372 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
6373 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
6375 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
6376 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
6377 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
6379 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6380 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
6381 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
6383 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6384 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6385 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6386 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6389 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
6390 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6392 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
6393 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
6394 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6395 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
6399 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6401 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6402 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6403 may be NULL at this point. */
6404 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
6406 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6407 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
6408 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
6411 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
6416 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6417 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6420 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6425 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6427 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6428 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6431 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6432 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6434 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6436 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6437 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6438 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6439 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6440 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6442 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6446 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6447 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6448 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6449 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6450 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6454 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
6458 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
6459 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
6461 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6462 asection
*s
= first
;
6463 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
6467 /* If this member section is being output but the
6468 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6469 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6470 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
6471 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
6473 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
6474 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
6476 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6477 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6478 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
6479 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
6481 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
6487 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
6489 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6490 adjust the input section size. This function may
6491 be called multiple times, so save the original
6493 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6494 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6495 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
6499 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6501 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
6509 /* Copy private header information. */
6512 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6514 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6515 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6518 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6519 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6520 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6521 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6522 already been worked out. */
6523 if (elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6525 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6529 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
6532 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6533 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6534 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6535 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6536 swap_out_syms function. */
6538 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6539 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6540 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6541 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6542 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6545 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6550 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6552 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6553 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6556 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6557 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6560 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
6562 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6566 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6567 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6568 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6569 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6570 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6571 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->strtab_section
)
6573 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->shstrtab_section
)
6574 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6575 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
)
6576 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6577 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6583 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6586 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6587 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6590 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6593 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6594 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6595 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6596 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6597 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6598 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6601 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6603 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
))
6606 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6607 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6611 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6612 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6613 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6614 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6615 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6616 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6617 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_num_locals (abfd
) + 1;
6618 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6620 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6621 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6623 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6624 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6625 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6627 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6630 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6632 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6633 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6634 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6636 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6637 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
6638 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6639 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6641 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6645 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6646 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6647 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6648 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6649 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6652 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6654 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6655 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6661 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6662 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6663 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6664 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6665 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6666 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6670 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6671 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6673 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6674 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6676 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6677 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6678 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6679 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6682 if (!name_local_sections
6683 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6685 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6690 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6693 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6695 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6700 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6702 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6703 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6705 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6706 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6707 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6708 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6709 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6710 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6711 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6713 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6714 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6715 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6719 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6722 if (sec
->output_section
)
6724 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6725 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6728 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6729 if (! relocatable_p
)
6731 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6732 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6734 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6736 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6738 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6739 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6740 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6741 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6745 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6748 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6751 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_section
;
6754 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_section
;
6757 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
;
6765 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6767 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
6771 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6772 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6773 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6774 demand of applications. For example, it
6775 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6776 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6777 actually in the output file. */
6778 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6781 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6782 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6783 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6785 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6786 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6790 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6791 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= SHN_BAD
);
6795 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6798 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6800 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6801 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
6802 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6804 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6806 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
6808 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
6813 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6816 /* Processor-specific types. */
6817 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6818 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6819 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6820 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6822 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6824 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6825 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6827 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6829 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6831 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6832 if (type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6833 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_COMMON
);
6836 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6838 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6839 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6843 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6844 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6847 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6849 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6851 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
6852 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
6853 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6855 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6858 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6861 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6863 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6864 sym
.st_target_internal
6865 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
6870 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6873 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6874 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6875 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6876 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6880 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6881 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6883 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6884 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6885 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6886 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6887 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6888 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6893 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6895 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6896 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6897 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6900 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6904 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6906 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6907 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6909 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6915 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6919 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6921 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6923 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6927 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6928 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6930 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6936 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6939 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6942 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6945 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6952 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6954 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6957 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6958 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6959 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
6963 return section
->reloc_count
;
6967 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
6969 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6970 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
6973 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6978 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
6979 asymbol
**allocation
)
6981 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6982 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
6985 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6989 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6990 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6991 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6992 dynamic reloc section. */
6995 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7000 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7002 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7006 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
7007 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7008 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7009 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7010 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7011 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
7012 * sizeof (arelent
*));
7017 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7018 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7019 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7020 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7021 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7022 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7023 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7026 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7030 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
7034 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7036 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7040 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
7042 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7044 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7045 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7046 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7051 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
7053 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7055 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
7066 /* Read in the version information. */
7069 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
7071 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
7072 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
7074 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
7076 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7077 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
7078 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
7080 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
7082 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
7084 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
7085 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
7086 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
7089 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
7091 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7092 if (contents
== NULL
)
7094 error_return_verref
:
7095 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
7096 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
7099 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7100 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7101 goto error_return_verref
;
7103 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
7104 goto error_return_verref
;
7106 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
7107 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
7108 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
7109 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
7110 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
7111 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
7113 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
7114 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
7117 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
7119 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
7121 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
7122 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7124 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
7125 goto error_return_verref
;
7127 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
7128 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
7131 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
7132 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
7133 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
7134 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
7135 goto error_return_verref
;
7138 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
7139 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7140 goto error_return_verref
;
7142 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7143 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
7144 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
7145 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
7147 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
7149 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
7150 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7151 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
7152 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
7153 goto error_return_verref
;
7155 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
7156 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
7158 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
7160 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
7161 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
7162 goto error_return_verref
;
7164 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7165 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
7167 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
7168 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
7171 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
7172 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
7174 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
7176 if (iverneed
->vn_next
7177 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7178 goto error_return_verref
;
7180 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
7181 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
7188 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
7190 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7191 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
7192 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7193 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
7194 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
7196 unsigned int maxidx
;
7197 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
7199 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
7201 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7202 if (contents
== NULL
)
7204 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7205 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7208 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
7211 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
7212 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
7213 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7214 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
7215 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7216 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
7218 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7219 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7221 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7223 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
7225 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7227 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
7228 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
7230 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
7231 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7234 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7235 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
7238 if (default_imported_symver
)
7240 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
7245 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7246 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7247 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7250 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
7252 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7253 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
7254 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
7256 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
7257 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7260 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7262 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
7264 error_return_verdef
:
7265 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
7266 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
7270 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
7271 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7273 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7275 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
7276 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
7279 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7280 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
7281 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7282 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7283 goto error_return_verdef
;
7287 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7288 goto error_return_verdef
;
7290 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7291 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
7292 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7293 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
7295 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
7297 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
7298 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7299 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
7300 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
7301 goto error_return_verdef
;
7303 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7304 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
7306 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7308 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
7309 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
7310 goto error_return_verdef
;
7312 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7313 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
7316 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7317 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
7319 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
7320 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
7322 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7324 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7325 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
7331 else if (default_imported_symver
)
7338 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7339 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7340 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7343 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
7346 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7347 if (default_imported_symver
)
7349 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7350 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7352 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];;
7354 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
7355 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
7356 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
7357 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
7359 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7361 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
7362 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
7363 goto error_return_verdef
;
7364 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7365 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7366 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7367 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7368 goto error_return_verdef
;
7370 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7371 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
7372 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7378 if (contents
!= NULL
)
7384 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
7386 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
7387 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
7389 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7394 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
7395 return &newsym
->symbol
;
7400 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7404 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
7407 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7408 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7412 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7415 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7416 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
7419 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7420 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7421 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
7424 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7425 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7426 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7427 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7428 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7429 we treat such symbols as local. */
7430 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
7437 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7438 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7445 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
7446 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
7447 unsigned long machine
)
7449 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7450 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7451 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
7452 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
7453 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
7456 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
7459 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7460 for error reporting. */
7463 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd
,
7467 const char **filename_ptr
,
7468 const char **functionname_ptr
)
7470 static asection
*last_section
;
7471 static asymbol
*func
;
7472 static const char *filename
;
7473 static bfd_size_type func_size
;
7475 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7478 if (last_section
!= section
7480 || offset
< func
->value
7481 || offset
>= func
->value
+ func_size
)
7486 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7487 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7488 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7489 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7490 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7491 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7492 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7493 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7494 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
7495 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7501 state
= nothing_seen
;
7503 last_section
= section
;
7505 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
7511 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_FILE
) != 0)
7514 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
7515 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
7519 size
= bed
->maybe_function_sym (sym
, section
, &code_off
);
7521 && code_off
<= offset
7522 && (code_off
> low_func
7523 || (code_off
== low_func
7524 && size
> func_size
)))
7528 low_func
= code_off
;
7531 && ((sym
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) != 0
7532 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
7533 filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
7535 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
7536 state
= symbol_seen
;
7544 *filename_ptr
= filename
;
7545 if (functionname_ptr
)
7546 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (func
);
7551 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7552 for error reporting. */
7555 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7559 const char **filename_ptr
,
7560 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7561 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7565 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7566 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7569 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7570 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7571 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7577 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, dwarf_debug_sections
,
7578 section
, symbols
, offset
,
7579 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7581 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7583 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7584 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7585 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7591 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7592 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7593 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7594 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7596 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7599 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7602 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7603 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7610 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7613 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7614 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7616 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7617 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, 0,
7618 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7621 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7622 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7623 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7624 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7625 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7628 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7629 const char **filename_ptr
,
7630 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7631 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7634 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7635 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7636 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7641 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7643 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7644 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7646 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7648 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
7650 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7652 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7655 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7656 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7659 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7662 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= phdr_size
;
7670 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7672 const void *location
,
7674 bfd_size_type count
)
7676 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7679 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7680 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7683 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7684 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7685 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7686 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7693 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7694 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7695 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7700 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7703 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7705 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7707 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7709 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7710 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7712 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7713 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7715 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7717 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7720 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7723 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7726 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7729 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7732 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7735 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7741 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7743 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7745 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7746 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7748 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7753 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7759 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7762 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7765 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7768 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7771 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7777 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7781 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7789 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7790 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7791 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7792 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7797 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7799 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
7800 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
7802 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7803 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7804 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7807 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7810 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7811 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7812 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7815 bfd_reloc_status_type
7816 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7817 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7818 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7819 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7820 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7822 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7825 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7826 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7827 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7828 out details about the corefile. */
7830 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7831 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
7832 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
7833 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7836 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
7837 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
7840 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7844 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
;
7846 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
;
7851 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7852 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7853 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7857 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7861 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7864 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
7868 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7869 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7870 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7874 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7875 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7876 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7877 such a section already exists.
7878 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7879 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7880 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7882 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7888 char *threaded_name
;
7892 /* Build the section name. */
7894 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7895 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7896 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7897 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7899 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7901 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
7906 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7907 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7909 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7912 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7914 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7918 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7921 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7926 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
7930 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7931 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7932 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7934 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7935 has already been set by another thread. */
7936 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7937 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7938 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
== 0)
7939 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7941 /* pr_who exists on:
7944 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7947 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7948 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7950 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7953 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7954 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
7956 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7957 prstatus32_t prstat
;
7959 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7960 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
7961 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7963 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7964 has already been set by another thread. */
7965 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7966 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7967 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
== 0)
7968 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7970 /* pr_who exists on:
7973 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7976 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7977 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7979 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7982 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7985 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7986 note size (ie. data object type). */
7990 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7991 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
7992 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
7994 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7996 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7998 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8000 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8002 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
8003 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
8006 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8007 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8008 data structure apart. */
8011 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8013 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8016 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8017 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8021 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8023 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8026 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8027 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8028 contents literally. */
8031 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8033 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
8037 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8039 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
8043 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8045 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
8049 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8051 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
8055 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8057 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
8061 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8063 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
8067 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8069 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
8073 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8075 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
8079 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8081 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
8085 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8087 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
8091 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8093 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
8097 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8099 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
8102 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8103 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8104 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8105 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8109 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8110 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8111 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8112 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8116 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8117 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8118 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8121 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
8124 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
8132 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
8136 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
8142 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8144 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8146 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
8148 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
8150 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8152 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8153 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8155 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
8156 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8157 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8159 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8160 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8161 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8163 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8164 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
8166 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8167 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
8169 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8171 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8172 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8174 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
8175 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8176 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8178 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8179 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8180 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8186 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8187 note size (ie. data object type). */
8191 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8192 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8193 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8196 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
8197 int n
= strlen (command
);
8199 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
8200 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
8205 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8207 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8209 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8211 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
8212 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8213 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
8219 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8221 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8223 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8224 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
8226 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8229 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8231 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8234 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8235 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8236 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8240 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8242 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8244 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8246 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8252 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
8253 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8254 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
8259 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8261 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
8262 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8264 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
8265 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
8267 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8269 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8270 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8271 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8274 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8276 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8280 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8281 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8282 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8283 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8286 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8287 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
8288 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8291 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8293 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8296 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8298 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8299 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8300 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8303 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8305 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8309 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8310 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8311 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8312 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8315 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8316 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
8317 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
8320 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8322 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
8324 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8327 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8334 int is_active_thread
;
8337 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
8340 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
8343 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
8347 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8348 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
8349 /* process_info.pid */
8350 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8351 /* process_info.signal */
8352 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
8355 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8356 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8357 /* thread_info.tid */
8358 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
8360 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8361 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8365 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8367 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8371 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8373 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8374 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
8375 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8377 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8378 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8380 if (is_active_thread
)
8381 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8385 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8386 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8387 /* module_info.base_address */
8388 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
8389 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
8391 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8392 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8396 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8398 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8403 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8404 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8405 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8416 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8418 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8426 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
8427 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
8429 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8430 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
8435 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8437 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8440 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8442 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
8445 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8446 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8448 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
8449 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8451 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
8452 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8453 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8454 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8458 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8459 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8460 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8461 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
8466 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8467 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8468 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
8473 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8474 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8475 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
8479 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
8480 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8481 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8482 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
8487 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8488 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8489 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
8493 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
8494 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8495 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8496 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
8500 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
8501 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8502 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8503 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
8508 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8509 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8510 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
8514 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
8515 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8516 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8517 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
8521 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
8522 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8523 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8524 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
8528 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
8529 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8530 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8531 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
8536 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8537 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8538 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
8544 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
8545 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
8547 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8548 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
8555 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8560 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8561 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8562 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8570 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8572 elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id_size
= note
->descsz
;
8573 elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, note
->descsz
);
8574 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
== NULL
)
8577 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8583 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8590 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
8591 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
8596 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8598 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
8599 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
8602 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
8603 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
8604 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8606 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
8612 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8617 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
8625 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
8629 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
8632 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
8639 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8641 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8642 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
8643 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8645 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8646 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
8647 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
8649 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8650 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8651 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
8653 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8658 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8662 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
8663 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwp
;
8665 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
8667 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8668 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8669 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8670 creates a core file. */
8672 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8675 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8676 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8677 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8680 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
8684 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
8686 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8687 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8689 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
8690 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
8693 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
8694 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8696 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
8697 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8703 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8704 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8709 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
8710 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8712 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
8713 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8723 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8725 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8726 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
8727 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8729 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
8730 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
8731 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
8733 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8734 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8735 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
8741 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8743 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
8744 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8746 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
8747 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8749 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
8750 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8752 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
8753 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8755 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
8757 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8762 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8763 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8764 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8769 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
8771 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
8776 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8777 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8778 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8787 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
8789 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
8796 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8797 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
8799 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8800 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
8802 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8803 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
8805 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8806 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
8808 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= sig
;
8809 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8812 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8813 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8814 thread just in case. */
8815 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
8816 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8818 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8819 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
8821 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8826 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8830 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8831 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8832 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8834 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
8838 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
8839 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
8847 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8848 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
8850 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8855 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8859 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8860 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8861 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8863 /* This is the current thread. */
8864 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
== tid
)
8865 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
8870 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8871 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8872 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8873 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8876 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8878 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8879 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8881 static long tid
= 1;
8885 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
8886 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
8887 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
8888 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
8889 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
8890 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
8891 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
8892 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
8899 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8905 /* Use note name as section name. */
8907 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8910 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
8911 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
8913 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8917 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8918 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8919 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
8924 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8927 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8931 size of data for note
8933 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8934 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8935 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8936 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8939 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8942 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
8950 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
8957 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
8959 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
8961 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
8964 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
8965 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
8966 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
8967 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
8968 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
8969 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
8973 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
8981 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
8992 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
8998 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9000 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9003 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9004 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
9009 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9010 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9011 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9013 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9015 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9018 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9021 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9022 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9023 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9024 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9025 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9030 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9032 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9035 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9038 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9039 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9040 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9041 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9042 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9044 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9051 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9058 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9060 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9063 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9065 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
9070 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9071 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9072 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9074 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9076 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9077 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9078 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9079 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9080 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9081 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9088 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9089 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9090 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9091 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9092 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9093 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9095 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9101 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9103 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9110 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9111 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9113 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9114 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
9115 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9116 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9117 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
9118 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9120 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
9121 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
9123 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
9124 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
9127 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9128 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9130 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
9132 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9134 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9138 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9139 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9141 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9142 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9143 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9145 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9149 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9150 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9151 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9152 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9160 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9161 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9162 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9163 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9167 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
9170 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9176 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9177 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9178 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
9182 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9185 const void *xfpregs
,
9188 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9189 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9190 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
9194 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9195 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
9197 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9198 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9199 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
9203 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
9206 const void *ppc_vmx
,
9209 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9210 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9211 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
9215 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
9218 const void *ppc_vsx
,
9221 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9222 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9223 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
9227 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
9230 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
9233 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9234 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9235 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
9236 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
9240 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
9243 const void *s390_timer
,
9246 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9247 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9248 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
9252 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
9255 const void *s390_todcmp
,
9258 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9259 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9260 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
9264 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9267 const void *s390_todpreg
,
9270 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9271 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9272 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
9276 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
9279 const void *s390_ctrs
,
9282 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9283 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9284 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
9288 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
9291 const void *s390_prefix
,
9294 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9295 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9296 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
9300 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
9303 const void *s390_last_break
,
9306 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9307 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9308 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
9309 s390_last_break
, size
);
9313 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
9316 const void *s390_system_call
,
9319 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9320 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9321 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
9322 s390_system_call
, size
);
9326 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
9329 const void *arm_vfp
,
9332 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9333 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9334 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
9338 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9341 const char *section
,
9345 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
9346 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9347 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
9348 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9349 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
9350 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9351 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
9352 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9353 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
9354 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9355 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
9356 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9357 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
9358 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9359 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
9360 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9361 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
9362 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9363 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
9364 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9365 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
9366 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9367 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
9368 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9369 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
9370 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9371 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
9372 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9377 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
9382 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
9384 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
9385 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
9386 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
9388 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
9391 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
9393 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
9394 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
9395 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
9398 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
9399 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
9400 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
9402 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
9403 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
9406 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
9412 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE"))
9414 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9417 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "OpenBSD"))
9419 if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9422 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "QNX"))
9424 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
9427 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "SPU/"))
9429 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9434 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
9440 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
9442 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9445 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
9446 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
9448 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
9454 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
9461 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
9468 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
9471 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
);
9475 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
9476 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
9486 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
9488 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
9489 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
9490 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9493 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
9495 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9497 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9501 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
9504 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
9505 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
9506 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
9507 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
9509 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
9510 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9513 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
9517 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9519 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9523 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
9524 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
9525 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
9530 enum elf_reloc_type_class
9531 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9533 return reloc_class_normal
;
9536 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
9537 relocation against a local symbol. */
9540 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9541 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9543 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9545 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9548 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
9549 + sec
->output_offset
9551 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
9552 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
9553 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9556 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9557 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9558 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
9561 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
9562 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
9563 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
9564 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
9565 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
9566 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9567 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
9570 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
9571 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9577 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9578 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9582 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9584 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9585 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
9587 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9588 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9589 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
9593 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
9594 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9598 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9600 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9601 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9603 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9604 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
9606 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
9608 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9609 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
9610 offset
= sec
->size
- offset
- address_size
;
9616 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
9617 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
9618 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
9619 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
9620 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
9621 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
9623 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
9624 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
9625 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
9626 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
9627 the remote memory. */
9630 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
9634 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
9636 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
9637 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
9641 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
9642 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9643 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9648 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9651 const char *relplt_name
;
9652 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
9656 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9662 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
9665 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
9668 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
9671 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
9672 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
9673 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
9674 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
9678 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
9679 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
9680 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
9683 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
9687 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
9688 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
9691 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9692 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
9693 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
9694 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9696 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
9700 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
9702 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
9707 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
9711 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
9712 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
9714 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9719 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
9720 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
9723 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
9724 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
9725 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
9726 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
9727 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
9728 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
9730 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
9733 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
9734 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
9740 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
9741 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
9742 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
9743 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
9746 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
9749 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
9750 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
9757 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
9758 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
9759 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
9760 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
9763 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd
* abfd
,
9764 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9766 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
9768 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
9770 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
9772 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
9773 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
9774 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
9775 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
9776 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
9777 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
9781 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
9782 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
9783 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
9786 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
9788 return (type
== STT_FUNC
9789 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
9792 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
9793 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
9794 otherwise return zero. */
9797 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
9802 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
9803 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
9804 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
9807 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
9809 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
9810 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;